diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/mcc-help')
32 files changed, 1938 insertions, 1866 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po index 562c94da..dd552196 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013,2015 # davidochobits <davidochobits@yahoo.com>, 2015 @@ -11,14 +11,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-12 14:44+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-12 22:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: davidochobits <davidochobits@yahoo.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"ca/)\n" -"Language: ca\n" +"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ca/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -31,7 +30,8 @@ msgstr "Accedeix a dispositius i directoris compartits WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -39,11 +39,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina desde la línea d'ordres, escribrint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> com root" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina desde la línea d'ordres, escribrint <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> com root" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -51,10 +49,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es troba al Mageia " -"Centre de Control, sota la pestanya Compartir Xarxa, amb l'etiqueta " -"<guilabel>Configura comparticions WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es troba al Mageia Centre de Control, sota la pestanya Compartir Xarxa, amb l'etiqueta <guilabel>Configura comparticions WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -74,12 +69,7 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "" -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> és un " -"protocol que permet muntar el directori d'un servidor web localment, de " -"manera que apareix com un directori local. Cal que l'equip remot executi un " -"servidor WebDAV. Això no és l'objectiu d'aquesta eina per configurar el " -"servidor WebDAV." +msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> és un protocol que permet muntar el directori d'un servidor web localment, de manera que apareix com un directori local. Cal que l'equip remot executi un servidor WebDAV. Això no és l'objectiu d'aquesta eina per configurar el servidor WebDAV." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -92,10 +82,7 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "" -"La primera pantalla de l'eina mostra les entrades que estan configurades, si " -"escau, i un botó <guibutton>Nou</guibutton> S'utilitza per crear una " -"entrada. Introduïr l'URL del servidor en el camp de la nova pantalla. " +msgstr "La primera pantalla de l'eina mostra les entrades que estan configurades, si escau, i un botó <guibutton>Nou</guibutton> S'utilitza per crear una entrada. Introduïr l'URL del servidor en el camp de la nova pantalla. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -103,16 +90,12 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " -"it, if needed." -msgstr "" -"Llavors aconsegueixes una pantalla amb botons d'opcions per seleccionar " -"algunes accions. Continua amb l'acció <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</" -"guibutton> fent clic al botó <guibutton>OK</guibutton> després de " -"seleccionar el botó d'opció, com el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ja està " -"configurat. No obstant això, és possible corregirl-a, si cal." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" +" it, if needed." +msgstr "Llavors aconsegueixes una pantalla amb botons d'opcions per seleccionar algunes accions. Continua amb l'acció <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> fent clic al botó <guibutton>OK</guibutton> després de seleccionar el botó d'opció, com el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ja està configurat. No obstant això, és possible corregirl-a, si cal." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -122,21 +105,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "" -"El contingut del directori remot es podrà accedir a través d'aquest punt de " -"montatge." +msgstr "El contingut del directori remot es podrà accedir a través d'aquest punt de montatge." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "" -"En el següent pas, doni el seu nom d'usuari i contrasenya. Si vostè " -"necessita algunes altres opcions, pot donar-li al botó pantalla " -"<guibutton>avançada</guibutton>" +msgstr "En el següent pas, doni el seu nom d'usuari i contrasenya. Si vostè necessita algunes altres opcions, pot donar-li al botó pantalla <guibutton>avançada</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -146,26 +125,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "" -"L'opció <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> li permet montar inmediatament l'accés." +msgstr "L'opció <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> li permet montar inmediatament l'accés." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" -"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " -"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " -"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " -"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " -"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "" -"Després que vostè va acceptar la configuració amb el botó d'opció " -"<guibutton>Llest</guibutton>,la primera pantalla es mostra de nou i el seu " -"nou punt de muntatge és a la llista. Després de triar <guibutton>Sortir</" -"guibutton>, us demanarà si desitja o no guardar les modificacions en " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Seleccioneu aquesta opció si voleu que el " -"directori remot estigui disponible en cada arrancada. Si la configuració és " -"per a l'ús d'una sola vegada, no la guardi. " +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " +"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " +"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" +" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " +"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " +"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " +"one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "Després que vostè va acceptar la configuració amb el botó d'opció <guibutton>Llest</guibutton>,la primera pantalla es mostra de nou i el seu nou punt de muntatge és a la llista. Després de triar <guibutton>Sortir</guibutton>, us demanarà si desitja o no guardar les modificacions en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Seleccioneu aquesta opció si voleu que el directori remot estigui disponible en cada arrancada. Si la configuració és per a l'ús d'una sola vegada, no la guardi. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -177,7 +149,8 @@ msgstr "Comparteix les particions del disc dur" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -185,11 +158,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina desde la línea d'ordres, escribrint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> com root" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina desde la línea d'ordres, escribrint <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> com root" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -198,20 +169,14 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta senzilla eina <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> et permet a " -"tu, l'administrador, permetre als usuaris compartir parts dels seus propis " -"subdirectoris de /home amb altres usuaris d'una mateixa xarxa local que pot " -"tenir ordinadors executant Linux o el sistema operatiu Windows." +msgstr "Aquesta senzilla eina <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> et permet a tu, l'administrador, permetre als usuaris compartir parts dels seus propis subdirectoris de /home amb altres usuaris d'una mateixa xarxa local que pot tenir ordinadors executant Linux o el sistema operatiu Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " -"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "" -"Es troba al Mageia Centre de Control, sota l'etiqueta de Disc Local, " -"denominat \"Comparteix les teves particions de disc dur\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" +" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "Es troba al Mageia Centre de Control, sota l'etiqueta de Disc Local, denominat \"Comparteix les teves particions de disc dur\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -220,20 +185,11 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " -"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " -"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" +" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" +" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "" -"En primer lloc, respondre a la pregunta: \"<guilabel>Voleu que els usuaris " -"puguin compartir alguns dels seus directoris?</guilabel>\", feu clic a " -"<guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> , si la resposta és no per a tots el " -"usuaris, feu clic a <guibutton>Permet a tots els usuaris</guibutton> per a " -"tots els usuaris i feu clic a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton>, si la " -"respota és no per alguns usuaris i sí per als altres. En aquest últim cas, " -"els usuaris que estan autoritzats a compartir els seus directoris han de " -"pertànyer al grup fileshare, que es crea automàticament al sistema. Se us " -"demanarà sobre això més endevant. " +msgstr "En primer lloc, respondre a la pregunta: \"<guilabel>Voleu que els usuaris puguin compartir alguns dels seus directoris?</guilabel>\", feu clic a <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> , si la resposta és no per a tots el usuaris, feu clic a <guibutton>Permet a tots els usuaris</guibutton> per a tots els usuaris i feu clic a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton>, si la respota és no per alguns usuaris i sí per als altres. En aquest últim cas, els usuaris que estan autoritzats a compartir els seus directoris han de pertànyer al grup fileshare, que es crea automàticament al sistema. Se us demanarà sobre això més endevant. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -244,13 +200,7 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Clic a <guilabel>D'acord</guilabel>, apareixerà una segona pantalla que li " -"demanarà que triï entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</" -"guibutton>. Verificar <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux és lúnic sistema " -"operatiu a la xarxa, comproveu <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la xarxa inclou " -"màquines Linux i Windows i després feu clic a <guibutton>D'acord</" -"guibutton>. S'instal·larà qualsevol paquet requerit si es necessari." +msgstr "Clic a <guilabel>D'acord</guilabel>, apareixerà una segona pantalla que li demanarà que triï entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Verificar <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux és lúnic sistema operatiu a la xarxa, comproveu <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la xarxa inclou màquines Linux i Windows i després feu clic a <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. S'instal·larà qualsevol paquet requerit si es necessari." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -260,38 +210,24 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " -"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "" -"La configuració s'ha completat llevat que es va triar l'opció " -"Personalitzada. En aquest cas , una pantalla extra li demana que obri " -"Userdrake. Aquesta eina us perfemet afegir usuaris autoritzats a compartir " -"els seus directoris al grup fileshare. A la fitxa Usuari, feu clic en " -"l'usuari per afegir al grup fileshare, a continuació <guimenuitem>Editar</" -"guimenuitem>, a la pestanya Grups. Comproveu el grup fileshare i feu clic a " -"<guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. Per obtenir més informació sobre Userdrake, " -"consulteu <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">aquesta pàgina</link>" +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" +" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "La configuració s'ha completat llevat que es va triar l'opció Personalitzada. En aquest cas , una pantalla extra li demana que obri Userdrake. Aquesta eina us perfemet afegir usuaris autoritzats a compartir els seus directoris al grup fileshare. A la fitxa Usuari, feu clic en l'usuari per afegir al grup fileshare, a continuació <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, a la pestanya Grups. Comproveu el grup fileshare i feu clic a <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. Per obtenir més informació sobre Userdrake, consulteu <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">aquesta pàgina</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Quan afegiu un nou usuari al grup compartit d'arxius, vostè ha de " -"desconnectar i tornar a connectar la xarxa per a les modificacions que s'han " -"de tenir en compte." +msgstr "Quan afegiu un nou usuari al grup compartit d'arxius, vostè ha de desconnectar i tornar a connectar la xarxa per a les modificacions que s'han de tenir en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " -"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" +" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "" -"A partir d'ara cada usuari que pertanyi al grup fileshare pot seleccionar en " -"el seu/seva gestió de fitxers els directoris que siguin per compartir, " -"encara que no tots els administradors d'arxius disposen d'aquest servei." +msgstr "A partir d'ara cada usuari que pertanyi al grup fileshare pot seleccionar en el seu/seva gestió de fitxers els directoris que siguin per compartir, encara que no tots els administradors d'arxius disposen d'aquest servei." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 @@ -309,7 +245,8 @@ msgstr "Accedeix a un disc o un directori NFS compartit" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -322,11 +259,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> com a root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -335,15 +270,9 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " -"user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet declarar " -"alguns directoris compartits per ser accesibles a tots els usuaris de la " -"màquina. El protocol utilitzat per això és NFS que està disponible a la " -"majoria de sistemes Linux o UNIX. El directori compartit serà així " -"directament a l'arrencada. Directoris compartits poden ser també accesibles " -"directament en una única sessió amb eines com exploradors d'arxius." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" +" user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Aquesta eina <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet declarar alguns directoris compartits per ser accesibles a tots els usuaris de la màquina. El protocol utilitzat per això és NFS que està disponible a la majoria de sistemes Linux o UNIX. El directori compartit serà així directament a l'arrencada. Directoris compartits poden ser també accesibles directament en una única sessió amb eines com exploradors d'arxius." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -355,20 +284,17 @@ msgstr "Procediment" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista " -"de servidors que comparteixen directoris." +msgstr "Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista de servidors que comparteixen directoris." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Feu clic al símbol > abans que el nom del servidor per mostrar la llista de " -"directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori al qual voleu accedir." +msgstr "Feu clic al símbol > abans que el nom del servidor per mostrar la llista de directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori al qual voleu accedir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -376,13 +302,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " -"to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible i cal " -"especificar el lloc per muntar el directori." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" +" to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible i cal especificar el lloc per muntar el directori." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -393,17 +318,16 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "" -"Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, vosté por muntar. També pot " -"verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb el botó <guibutton>Opcions</" -"guibutton>. Després de muntar el directori, pot desmuntar amb el mateix butó." +msgstr "Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, vosté por muntar. També pot verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb el botó <guibutton>Opcions</guibutton>. Després de muntar el directori, pot desmuntar amb el mateix butó." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -413,17 +337,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " -"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" +" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "" -"En acceptar la configuració amb el botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>, " -"apareixerà un missatge en pantalla, preguntant \"Voleu deixar les " -"modificacions a /etc/fstab\". Això farà el directori disponible a cada " -"arrancada, si la xarxa es accesible. El nou directori estarà disponible en " -"l'explorador d'arxius, per exemple en Dolphin." +msgstr "En acceptar la configuració amb el botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>, apareixerà un missatge en pantalla, preguntant \"Voleu deixar les modificacions a /etc/fstab\". Això farà el directori disponible a cada arrancada, si la xarxa es accesible. El nou directori estarà disponible en l'explorador d'arxius, per exemple en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -438,7 +358,8 @@ msgstr "Enregistrador CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -446,11 +367,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> com a root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -458,11 +377,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es troba sota la " -"pestanya Discos Locals en el Mageia Centre de Control etiquetats d'acord amb " -"el maquinari extraïble (només reproductors CD/DVD i gravadores i unitats de " -"disquets)." +msgstr "Aquesta eina <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es troba sota la pestanya Discos Locals en el Mageia Centre de Control etiquetats d'acord amb el maquinari extraïble (només reproductors CD/DVD i gravadores i unitats de disquets)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -476,11 +391,7 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "" -"A la part superior de la finestra hi ha una breu descripció del maquinari i " -"les opcions triades per muntar-lo. Utilitzeu el menú de la part inferior per " -"canviar-los. Comproveu l'element que voleu canviar i després el botó " -"<guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>." +msgstr "A la part superior de la finestra hi ha una breu descripció del maquinari i les opcions triades per muntar-lo. Utilitzeu el menú de la part inferior per canviar-los. Comproveu l'element que voleu canviar i després el botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -491,9 +402,7 @@ msgstr "Punt de muntatge" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "" -"Marca aquesta opció per canviar el punt de muntatge. L'opció per defecte es /" -"media/cdrom." +msgstr "Marca aquesta opció per canviar el punt de muntatge. L'opció per defecte es /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -503,12 +412,9 @@ msgstr "Opcions" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " -"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "" -"Moltes opcions de muntatge es poden triar aquí, ja sigui directament a la " -"llista o mitjançant el submenú <guilabel>Avançat</guilabel>. Els principals " -"són:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" +" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "Moltes opcions de muntatge es poden triar aquí, ja sigui directament a la llista o mitjançant el submenú <guilabel>Avançat</guilabel>. Els principals són:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -521,10 +427,7 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "" -"usuari permet que un usuari normal (no root) pugui montar un disc extraïble, " -"aquesta opció implica noexec, nosuid i nodev. L'usuari que ha muntat el disc " -"és l'únic que pot desmuntar-lo." +msgstr "usuari permet que un usuari normal (no root) pugui montar un disc extraïble, aquesta opció implica noexec, nosuid i nodev. L'usuari que ha muntat el disc és l'únic que pot desmuntar-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -539,11 +442,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> com a root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -552,54 +453,40 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " -"tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet declarar que va " -"compartir directoris per a ser accesibles a tots el usuaris de la màquina. " -"El protocol utilitzat per això és SMB que s'ha popularitzat en els sistemes " -"Windows(R). El directori compartit estarà disponible directament en " -"l'arrencada. Es pot accedir als directoris compartits directament en una " -"sola sessió per un usuari amb eines com l'explorador d'arxius." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" +" tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet declarar que va compartir directoris per a ser accesibles a tots el usuaris de la màquina. El protocol utilitzat per això és SMB que s'ha popularitzat en els sistemes Windows(R). El directori compartit estarà disponible directament en l'arrencada. Es pot accedir als directoris compartits directament en una sola sessió per un usuari amb eines com l'explorador d'arxius." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Abans d'iniciar l'eina, és una bona idea declarar els noms dels servidors " -"disponibles, per exemple amb <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "Abans d'iniciar l'eina, és una bona idea declarar els noms dels servidors disponibles, per exemple amb <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " -"share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista " -"de servidors que comparteixen directoris." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" +" share directories." +msgstr "Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista de servidors que comparteixen directoris." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Feu clic al nom del servidor i en > abans que el nom del servidor per " -"mostrar la llista dels directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori el " -"qual vol accedir." +msgstr "Feu clic al nom del servidor i en > abans que el nom del servidor per mostrar la llista dels directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori el qual vol accedir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible, ha " -"d'especificar on muntar el directori." +msgstr "El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible, ha d'especificar on muntar el directori." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -610,10 +497,7 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, es pot muntar amb el botó " -"<guimenu>Muntar</guimenu>. També pot verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb " -"el botó <guimenu>Opcions</guimenu>." +msgstr "Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, es pot muntar amb el botó <guimenu>Muntar</guimenu>. També pot verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb el botó <guimenu>Opcions</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -621,17 +505,16 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "" -"En opcions, podeu especificar el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya dels que " -"poden connectar-se al servidor SMB. Després de muntar el directori, pots " -"desmuntar el directori amb el mateix botó." +msgstr "En opcions, podeu especificar el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya dels que poden connectar-se al servidor SMB. Després de muntar el directori, pots desmuntar el directori amb el mateix botó." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -642,13 +525,12 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." -msgstr "" -"Després d'acceptar la configuració amb el botó Llest. un missatge us " -"preguntarà \"Voleu deixar les modificacions a /etc/fstab\". Això permetrà al " -"directori romandre disponible a cada arrancada, si la xarxa és accessible." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " +"dolphin." +msgstr "Després d'acceptar la configuració amb el botó Llest. un missatge us preguntarà \"Voleu deixar les modificacions a /etc/fstab\". Això permetrà al directori romandre disponible a cada arrancada, si la xarxa és accessible." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -663,7 +545,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -671,11 +554,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres , escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> com a root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres , escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -683,10 +564,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet administrar " -"els efectes d'escriptori 3D en el seu sistema operatiu. Els efectes 3D estan " -"desactivats per defecte." +msgstr "Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet administrar els efectes d'escriptori 3D en el seu sistema operatiu. Els efectes 3D estan desactivats per defecte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -699,39 +577,30 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "" -"Per utilitzar aquesta eina, cal tenir instal·lat el paquet glxinfo. Si el " -"paquet no està instal·lat, us demanarà que ho feu abans de començar drak3d." +msgstr "Per utilitzar aquesta eina, cal tenir instal·lat el paquet glxinfo. Si el paquet no està instal·lat, us demanarà que ho feu abans de començar drak3d." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" -"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " -"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." -msgstr "" -"Després d'iniciar drak3d, se us proporcionarà una finestra de menú. Aquí es " -"pot triar qualsevol <guilabel>Efecte d'escriptori 3D</guilabel> o " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion és part d'un gestor de " -"composició/finestra, que inclou efectes especials accelerats per maquinari " -"per al seu escriptori. Trieu <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> per començar." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " +"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " +"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " +"it on." +msgstr "Després d'iniciar drak3d, se us proporcionarà una finestra de menú. Aquí es pot triar qualsevol <guilabel>Efecte d'escriptori 3D</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion és part d'un gestor de composició/finestra, que inclou efectes especials accelerats per maquinari per al seu escriptori. Trieu <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> per començar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " -"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" -"guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "" -"Si és la primera vegada que utilitza aquest programa després d'una " -"instal·lació neta de Mageia, vostè rebrà un missatge d'advertència que li " -"diu quins paquets necessiten ser instal·lats per tal d'utilitzar Compiz " -"Fussion. Feu clic al botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> per continuar." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" +" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "Si és la primera vegada que utilitza aquest programa després d'una instal·lació neta de Mageia, vostè rebrà un missatge d'advertència que li diu quins paquets necessiten ser instal·lats per tal d'utilitzar Compiz Fussion. Feu clic al botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> per continuar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -742,20 +611,14 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Un cop instal·lats els paquets apropiats, s'adonarà que s'ha seleccionat " -"Compiz Fussion al menú drak3d, però ha de tancar la sessió i tornar a " -"iniciar-la perquè els canvis tinguin efecte." +msgstr "Un cop instal·lats els paquets apropiats, s'adonarà que s'ha seleccionat Compiz Fussion al menú drak3d, però ha de tancar la sessió i tornar a iniciar-la perquè els canvis tinguin efecte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "" -"Després d'inicia sessió de nou, Compiz Fusion serà activat. Per configurar " -"Compiz Fussion, vegeu la pàgina per l'eina ccssm (CompizConfig Settings " -"Manager)" +msgstr "Després d'inicia sessió de nou, Compiz Fusion serà activat. Per configurar Compiz Fussion, vegeu la pàgina per l'eina ccssm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -773,12 +636,10 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "" -"Si després d'activar Compiz Fusion intenta iniciar sessió en el seu " -"escriptori, però no pot veure res, reiniciï l'equip per tornar a la pantalla " -"d'accés. Un cop allà, feu clic a la icona d'escriptori i seleccioneu drak3d." +msgstr "Si després d'activar Compiz Fusion intenta iniciar sessió en el seu escriptori, però no pot veure res, reiniciï l'equip per tornar a la pantalla d'accés. Un cop allà, feu clic a la icona d'escriptori i seleccioneu drak3d." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -788,13 +649,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " -"log in problem." -msgstr "" -"Quan es connecti, si el seu compte apareix com administrador, se li demanarà " -"la contrasenya de nou. En cas contrari, utilitzeu el nom d'administrador amb " -"el seu / la seva compte. A continuació, pot desfer els canvis que poden " -"haver causat el problema en el registre." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" +" log in problem." +msgstr "Quan es connecti, si el seu compte apareix com administrador, se li demanarà la contrasenya de nou. En cas contrari, utilitzeu el nom d'administrador amb el seu / la seva compte. A continuació, pot desfer els canvis que poden haver causat el problema en el registre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -806,7 +663,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticació" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -814,20 +672,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> com a root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " -"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet modificar la " -"manera en què pot ser reconegut com a usuari de la màquina o en la xarxa. " +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" +" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet modificar la manera en què pot ser reconegut com a usuari de la màquina o en la xarxa. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -835,10 +689,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "" -"Per defecte, la informació per la seva autentificació s'emmagatzema en un " -"arxiu en el seu ordinador. Modifica-ho solament si l'administrador de la " -"xarxa el convida a fer-ho i li dóna informació al respecte." +msgstr "Per defecte, la informació per la seva autentificació s'emmagatzema en un arxiu en el seu ordinador. Modifica-ho solament si l'administrador de la xarxa el convida a fer-ho i li dóna informació al respecte." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -850,7 +701,8 @@ msgstr "Configura el sistema d'arrencada" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -858,12 +710,13 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 msgid "" -"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " -"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as" +" you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " "available." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" msgstr "" @@ -871,11 +724,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> com a root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 @@ -883,79 +734,55 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet configurar " -"les opcions d'arrencada (elecció del gestor d'arrencada, establir una " -"contrasenya, l'arrencada per defecte, etc.)" +msgstr "aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet configurar les opcions d'arrencada (elecció del gestor d'arrencada, establir una contrasenya, l'arrencada per defecte, etc.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "" -"Es troba sota l'etiqueta d'arrancada al Centre de Control Mageia amb el nom " -"\"Establir un sistema d'arrancada\"" +msgstr "Es troba sota l'etiqueta d'arrancada al Centre de Control Mageia amb el nom \"Establir un sistema d'arrancada\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "" -"No utilitzis aquesta eina si vostè no sap exactament el que està fent. La " -"modificació d'alguns ajustaments poden evitar que el seu equip s'iniciï de " -"nou!" +msgstr "No utilitzis aquesta eina si vostè no sap exactament el que està fent. La modificació d'alguns ajustaments poden evitar que el seu equip s'iniciï de nou!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " -"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" +" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" -"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " -"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " -"you machine from booting." -msgstr "" -"A la primera part, anomenada <guilabel>Gestor d'arrancada</guilabel>,és " -"possible triar què <guibutton>Gestor d'arrancada vol utilitzar</guibutton>, " -"Grub o Lilo, i si mode menú gràfic o text. És només una qüestió de gust, no " -"hi ha altres conseqüències. També pot configurar el botó " -"<guibutton>Dispositiu d'arrencada</guibutton>, no canviï res aquí tret que " -"vostè sigui un expert. El dispositiu d'arrencada és el que està instal·lat " -"el carregador i qualsevol modificació pot evitar que la màquina arrenqui." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " +"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" +" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " +"prevent you machine from booting." +msgstr "A la primera part, anomenada <guilabel>Gestor d'arrancada</guilabel>,és possible triar què <guibutton>Gestor d'arrancada vol utilitzar</guibutton>, Grub o Lilo, i si mode menú gràfic o text. És només una qüestió de gust, no hi ha altres conseqüències. També pot configurar el botó <guibutton>Dispositiu d'arrencada</guibutton>, no canviï res aquí tret que vostè sigui un expert. El dispositiu d'arrencada és el que està instal·lat el carregador i qualsevol modificació pot evitar que la màquina arrenqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " -"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" +" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "" -"A la segona part, anomenada <guilabel>Opcions principals</guilabel>, pot " -"ajustar el botó<guibutton>Temps abans d'arrancar la imatge per defecte</" -"guibutton>, en segons. Durant aquest retard, Grub o Lilo, mostrarà la llista " -"de sistemes operatius disponibles, i li demanarà que faci la seva elecció, " -"si no es realitza cap selecció, el carregador arrencarà el predeterminat un " -"cop que passi el temps de demora." +msgstr "A la segona part, anomenada <guilabel>Opcions principals</guilabel>, pot ajustar el botó<guibutton>Temps abans d'arrancar la imatge per defecte</guibutton>, en segons. Durant aquest retard, Grub o Lilo, mostrarà la llista de sistemes operatius disponibles, i li demanarà que faci la seva elecció, si no es realitza cap selecció, el carregador arrencarà el predeterminat un cop que passi el temps de demora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "" -"En la tercera i última part , anomenada <guibutton>Seguretat</guibutton>, és " -"possible establir una contrasenya." +msgstr "En la tercera i última part , anomenada <guibutton>Seguretat</guibutton>, és possible establir una contrasenya." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "" -"El botó <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> dóna algunes opcions addicionals." +msgstr "El botó <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> dóna algunes opcions addicionals." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 @@ -969,11 +796,7 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "" -"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) és un estàndard per la " -"gestió de la energia. Es pot estalviar energia parant dispositius no " -"utilitzats, aquest va ser el mètode abans de APM. Marqueu aquesta casella si " -"el vostre maquinaria funciona amb ACPI." +msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) és un estàndard per la gestió de la energia. Es pot estalviar energia parant dispositius no utilitzats, aquest va ser el mètode abans de APM. Marqueu aquesta casella si el vostre maquinaria funciona amb ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 @@ -992,15 +815,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "" -"Si vostè té un processador amb HyperThreading, Mageia ho veurà com un " -"processador dual i habilitarà SMP." +msgstr "Si vostè té un processador amb HyperThreading, Mageia ho veurà com un processador dual i habilitarà SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" -"guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " +"APIC:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1012,11 +833,12 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " -"APIC." +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" +" APIC." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -1025,23 +847,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " -"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" +" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " -"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "" -"A la pantalla <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, es pot veure la llista de " -"totes les entrades disponibles en el moment de l'arrencada. L'entrada per " -"defecte és marcada amb un asterisc. Per canviar l'ordre de les entrades al " -"menú, feu clic a les fletxes amunt o avall per moure l'element seleccionat. " -"Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>Afegir</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</" -"guibutton>, apareixerà una nova finestra per afegir una nova entrada al menú " -"Grub o modificar una existent. Cal estar familiaritzat amb Lilo o Grub per " -"poder utilitzar aquestes eines." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" +" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "A la pantalla <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, es pot veure la llista de totes les entrades disponibles en el moment de l'arrencada. L'entrada per defecte és marcada amb un asterisc. Per canviar l'ordre de les entrades al menú, feu clic a les fletxes amunt o avall per moure l'element seleccionat. Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>Afegir</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, apareixerà una nova finestra per afegir una nova entrada al menú Grub o modificar una existent. Cal estar familiaritzat amb Lilo o Grub per poder utilitzar aquestes eines." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -1052,47 +867,35 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "" -"La <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> és de forma lliure, escriu aquí el que vols " -"que el mostri al menú. Coincideix amb el comandament de Grub \"title\". Per " -"exemple: Mageia3." +msgstr "La <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> és de forma lliure, escriu aquí el que vols que el mostri al menú. Coincideix amb el comandament de Grub \"title\". Per exemple: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "" -"La <guilabel>Imatge</guilabel> conté el nom del nucli. Coincideix amb " -"l'ordre de Grub \"kernel\". Per exemple /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "La <guilabel>Imatge</guilabel> conté el nom del nucli. Coincideix amb l'ordre de Grub \"kernel\". Per exemple /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "" -"El <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conté el nom del dispositiu en el qual " -"s'emmagatzemaran els nuclis. Coincideix amb l'ordre de Grub \"root\". Per " -"exemple (hd0,1)." +msgstr "El <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conté el nom del dispositiu en el qual s'emmagatzemaran els nuclis. Coincideix amb l'ordre de Grub \"root\". Per exemple (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "" -"El <guilabel>Annexar</guilabel> conté les opcions que ha de donar-se al " -"nucli en l'arrencada." +msgstr "El <guilabel>Annexar</guilabel> conté les opcions que ha de donar-se al nucli en l'arrencada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "" -"Si la casella <guilabel>Defecte</guilabel> està marcada, Grub arrencarà " -"aquesta entrada per defecte." +msgstr "Si la casella <guilabel>Defecte</guilabel> està marcada, Grub arrencarà aquesta entrada per defecte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 @@ -1100,11 +903,7 @@ msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "" -"A la pantalla extra anomenada <guilabel>Avançat</guilabel>, és possible " -"seleccionar la manera <guilabel>Vídeo</guilabel>, al fitxer " -"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> i a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> a la " -"llista desplagable." +msgstr "A la pantalla extra anomenada <guilabel>Avançat</guilabel>, és possible seleccionar la manera <guilabel>Vídeo</guilabel>, al fitxer <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> i a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> a la llista desplagable." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -1116,7 +915,8 @@ msgstr "Activa l'entrada automàtica per entrar automàticament" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -1124,11 +924,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> com a root. " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> com a root. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -1137,21 +935,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet connectar-se " -"al mateix usuari, si el seu entorn / escriptori, sense demanar cap " -"contrasenya. Es diu autoconnexió. Això és generalment una bona idea quan " -"només hi ha un usuari que utilitzi la màquina. " +msgstr "Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet connectar-se al mateix usuari, si el seu entorn / escriptori, sense demanar cap contrasenya. Es diu autoconnexió. Això és generalment una bona idea quan només hi ha un usuari que utilitzi la màquina. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "" -"Es troba sota la fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arrencada</emphasis> en el " -"Mageia Centre de Control retolada amb \"Configuració d'inici de sessió " -"automàtic per iniciar sessió automàticament\"" +msgstr "Es troba sota la fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arrencada</emphasis> en el Mageia Centre de Control retolada amb \"Configuració d'inici de sessió automàtic per iniciar sessió automàticament\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -1161,35 +952,23 @@ msgstr "Els botons de la interfície són bastant òbvies:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" -"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " -"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " -"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " -"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "" -"Comproveu <guibutton>Inicieu l'entorn gràfic quan el sistema s'inicia</" -"guibutton>, si vol el sistema X Windows que s'executarà després de " -"reiniciar. Si no és així, el sistema s'iniciarà en mode text. No obstant " -"això, serà possible iniciar la interfície gràfica manualment. Això es pot " -"fer amb el llançament de 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " +"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " +"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " +"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " +"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "Comproveu <guibutton>Inicieu l'entorn gràfic quan el sistema s'inicia</guibutton>, si vol el sistema X Windows que s'executarà després de reiniciar. Si no és així, el sistema s'iniciarà en mode text. No obstant això, serà possible iniciar la interfície gràfica manualment. Això es pot fer amb el llançament de 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " -"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" +" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Si la primera casella està actividada, dues opcions estaràn disponibles, , " -"comprovar qualsevol <guibutton>No, no vull autoconnexió</guibutton>, si " -"voleu que el sistema per continuar a de preguntar a l'usuari per connectar " -"(i la contrasenya) o seleccionar <guibutton>Sí, vull autoconnexió amb aquest " -"(usuari, escritori)</guibutton>, si cal. En aquest cas, també és necesari " -"per preveir el <guibutton>El nom per defecte</guibutton> i el " -"<guibutton>Escritori per defecte</guibutton>" +msgstr "Si la primera casella està actividada, dues opcions estaràn disponibles, , comprovar qualsevol <guibutton>No, no vull autoconnexió</guibutton>, si voleu que el sistema per continuar a de preguntar a l'usuari per connectar (i la contrasenya) o seleccionar <guibutton>Sí, vull autoconnexió amb aquest (usuari, escritori)</guibutton>, si cal. En aquest cas, també és necesari per preveir el <guibutton>El nom per defecte</guibutton> i el <guibutton>Escritori per defecte</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -1204,42 +983,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> com a root. " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> com a root. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> només pot ser iniciada " -"i utilitzada a la línea d'odres." +msgstr "Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> només pot ser iniciada i utilitzada a la línea d'odres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " -"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " -"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " -"several GBs large." -msgstr "" -"Es recomana escriure la sortida d'aquesta ordre a un arxiu, per exemple fent " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, però " -"segur de tindre prou espai al disc en primer lloc: l'arxiu fàcilment pot " -"ocupar diversos GB de grandària." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" +" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " +"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " +"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." +msgstr "Es recomana escriure la sortida d'aquesta ordre a un arxiu, per exemple fent <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, però segur de tindre prou espai al disc en primer lloc: l'arxiu fàcilment pot ocupar diversos GB de grandària." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " -"the unneeded parts." -msgstr "" -"La sortida és massa gran com per adjuntar a un informe d'error sense " -"eliminar primer les parts que no siguin necessàries." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" +" the unneeded parts." +msgstr "La sortida és massa gran com per adjuntar a un informe d'error sense eliminar primer les parts que no siguin necessàries." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1399,7 +1168,7 @@ msgstr "/proc/ioport" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:59 msgid "mageia version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "versió de mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:60 @@ -1416,20 +1185,12 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " -"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" -"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " -"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"En el moment en que aquesta plana d'ajuda va ser escrita , la part \"syslog" -"\" de la sortida d'aquesta ordre estava buida, ja que aquesta eina encara no " -"s'havia ajustat al nostre canvi a systemd. Si encara està buida, pot " -"recuperar el \"syslog\" fent (com a root) <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Si vostè no té una gran " -"quantitat d'espai en disc, pot, per exemple, portal les últimes 5.000 línies " -"del registre amb: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > " -"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>" +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" +" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " +"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "En el moment en que aquesta plana d'ajuda va ser escrita , la part \"syslog\" de la sortida d'aquesta ordre estava buida, ja que aquesta eina encara no s'havia ajustat al nostre canvi a systemd. Si encara està buida, pot recuperar el \"syslog\" fent (com a root) <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Si vostè no té una gran quantitat d'espai en disc, pot, per exemple, portal les últimes 5.000 línies del registre amb: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1441,7 +1202,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1449,38 +1211,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " -"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " -"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." -msgstr "" -"En general, aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> s'inicia " -"automàticament quanuna eina a Mageia falla. No obstant això, també és " -"possible que, després de presentar un informe d'error, se li demanarà per " -"iniciar aquesta eina per comprovar algunes de les informacions que dóna i, a " -"continuació, establir l'informe de error existent." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," +" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " +"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " +"report." +msgstr "En general, aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> s'inicia automàticament quanuna eina a Mageia falla. No obstant això, també és possible que, després de presentar un informe d'error, se li demanarà per iniciar aquesta eina per comprovar algunes de les informacions que dóna i, a continuació, establir l'informe de error existent." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " -"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." -msgstr "" -"Si un nou informe d'error ha de ser presentat i vostè no està acostumat a " -"fer això, aleshores si us plau llegiu <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." -"org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Com informar d'un error correctament</" -"link> abans de fer clic al botó \"Informar\"." +"then please read <link " +"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " +"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " +"button." +msgstr "Si un nou informe d'error ha de ser presentat i vostè no està acostumat a fer això, aleshores si us plau llegiu <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Com informar d'un error correctament</link> abans de fer clic al botó \"Informar\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1488,11 +1241,7 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "" -"En cas que la decisió ja ha estat presentada per una altre entrada (el " -"missatge d'error que va donar drakbug serà el mateix, llavors), és útil per " -"afegir un comentaria aquest informe existent que vostè va veure l'error, " -"també." +msgstr "En cas que la decisió ja ha estat presentada per una altre entrada (el missatge d'error que va donar drakbug serà el mateix, llavors), és útil per afegir un comentaria aquest informe existent que vostè va veure l'error, també." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1504,7 +1253,8 @@ msgstr "Gestiona la data i l'hora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1512,25 +1262,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> com a root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" -"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " -"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es troba sota la " -"pestanya Sistema al Mageia Centre de Control etiquetat <guilabel>" -"\"Administra la data i l'hora\"</guilabel>. En alguns entorns d'escriptori " -"també ho trobem disponible fent clic al botó dret / Ajusteu data i hora ... " -"en el rellotge de la safata del sistema." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " +"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " +"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es troba sota la pestanya Sistema al Mageia Centre de Control etiquetat <guilabel>\"Administra la data i l'hora\"</guilabel>. En alguns entorns d'escriptori també ho trobem disponible fent clic al botó dret / Ajusteu data i hora ... en el rellotge de la safata del sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1541,45 +1284,30 @@ msgstr "És una eina molt senzila." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " -"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" +" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "" -"A la part superior esquerra, trobem el <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendari</" -"emphasis>. A la captura de pantalla anterior, la data es Setembre (a la part " -"superior esquerra), el segon (en blau) i és diumenge. Seleccioneu el mes (o " -"el any) fent clic a les petites fletxes a cada costat de Setembre (o 2012). " -"Seleccioneu el dia fent clic en el seu número." +msgstr "A la part superior esquerra, trobem el <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendari</emphasis>. A la captura de pantalla anterior, la data es Setembre (a la part superior esquerra), el segon (en blau) i és diumenge. Seleccioneu el mes (o el any) fent clic a les petites fletxes a cada costat de Setembre (o 2012). Seleccioneu el dia fent clic en el seu número." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" -"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " -"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " +"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "" -"A la part inferior esquerra és el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de Temps " -"de Xarxa</emphasis> de sincronització, és possible tenir un rellotge sempre " -"a temps mitjançant la sincronització amb un servidor . Verificar " -"<guilabel>Habilita Protocol de Temps de Xarxa</guilabel> i tria el servidor " -"més proper. " +msgstr "A la part inferior esquerra és el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de Temps de Xarxa</emphasis> de sincronització, és possible tenir un rellotge sempre a temps mitjançant la sincronització amb un servidor . Verificar <guilabel>Habilita Protocol de Temps de Xarxa</guilabel> i tria el servidor més proper. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " -"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " -"your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "" -"A la parte dreta és el <emphasis role=\"bold\">rellotge</emphasis>. És " -"inutil ajustar el rellotge si NTP està activat. Tres caixes mostren les " -"hores, minuts i segons (15, 28 i 22 a la captura de pantalla). Fer servir " -"les fletxes per ajustar el rellotge a l'hora correcta. El format no pot " -"canviar-se aquí, veure la configuració de l'entorn de l'escriptori per això." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" +" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" +" your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "A la parte dreta és el <emphasis role=\"bold\">rellotge</emphasis>. És inutil ajustar el rellotge si NTP està activat. Tres caixes mostren les hores, minuts i segons (15, 28 i 22 a la captura de pantalla). Fer servir les fletxes per ajustar el rellotge a l'hora correcta. El format no pot canviar-se aquí, veure la configuració de l'entorn de l'escriptori per això." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1587,20 +1315,15 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "" -"Almenys, a la part inferior dreta, seleccioneu la vostra zona horària, feu " -"clic al botó <guibutton>Canviar Zona Horària</guibutton> i selecciona a la " -"llista la ciutat més propera." +msgstr "Almenys, a la part inferior dreta, seleccioneu la vostra zona horària, feu clic al botó <guibutton>Canviar Zona Horària</guibutton> i selecciona a la llista la ciutat més propera." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " -"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" +" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "" -"Fins i tot si no és possible seleccionar un format de data o hora en aquesta " -"eina, es mostrarà a l'escriptori d'acord amb la configuració de localització." +msgstr "Fins i tot si no és possible seleccionar un format de data o hora en aquesta eina, es mostrarà a l'escriptori d'acord amb la configuració de localització." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1612,7 +1335,8 @@ msgstr "Elimina una connexió" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1620,37 +1344,30 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"També pot iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> com a root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "També pot iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Aquí, vostè pot eliminar una interfície de xarxa<placeholder type=\"footnote" -"\" id=\"0\"/>. " +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." +msgstr "Aquí, vostè pot eliminar una interfície de xarxa<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Feu clic al menú desplegable, seleccioneu el que vulgueu suprimir i feu clic " -"a <emphasis>següent</emphasis>." +msgstr "Feu clic al menú desplegable, seleccioneu el que vulgueu suprimir i feu clic a <emphasis>següent</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "" -"Veuràs un missatge que la interfície de xarxa s'ha eliminat correctament. " +msgstr "Veuràs un missatge que la interfície de xarxa s'ha eliminat correctament. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1662,7 +1379,8 @@ msgstr "Estableix una nova interfície de xarxa (LAN, XDSI, ADSL...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1670,11 +1388,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> com a root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línea d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1682,19 +1398,14 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet configurar la " -"major part de la xarxa local o connexió a Internet. Vostè ha de saber una " -"mica d'informació del seu proveïdor d'accés o l 'administrador de la xarxa." +msgstr "Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet configurar la major part de la xarxa local o connexió a Internet. Vostè ha de saber una mica d'informació del seu proveïdor d'accés o l 'administrador de la xarxa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el tipus de connexió que desitjar establir, segons el tipus de " -"maquinari i el tipus de proveïdor." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el tipus de connexió que desitjar establir, segons el tipus de maquinari i el tipus de proveïdor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1706,151 +1417,133 @@ msgstr "Una nova connexió cablejada (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "" -"La primera finestra enumera les interfícies que estan disponibles. " -"Seleccioneu la que vulgueu configurar." +msgstr "La primera finestra enumera les interfícies que estan disponibles. Seleccioneu la que vulgueu configurar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "" -"En aquest punt, l'elecció es dóna entre una automàtica o una adreça IP " -"manual." +msgstr "En aquest punt, l'elecció es dóna entre una automàtica o una adreça IP manual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automàtica." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " -"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" +" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Configuració de Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: vostè ha de seleccionar si " -"els servidors DNS són declarats per servidor DHCP o s'especifiquen de forma " -"manual, com s'explica a continuació. En l'últim cas, l'adreça IP dels " -"servidors DNS s'ha d'establir. El nom d'amfritrio de l'ordinador es pot " -"especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica HOSTNAME, el nom <literal>localhost." -"localdomain</literal> s'atribuit per defecte. El nom d'amfitrió també pot " -"ser proporcionado pel servidor DHCP amb l'opció <emphasis>Assignar un nom " -"d'amfritrió del servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No tots el servidors DHCP tenen " -"una funció d'aquest tipus i si està configurant el seu PC per obtenir una " -"adreça IP d'un router ADSL domèstica, és poc probable. " - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuració de Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: vostè ha de seleccionar si els servidors DNS són declarats per servidor DHCP o s'especifiquen de forma manual, com s'explica a continuació. En l'últim cas, l'adreça IP dels servidors DNS s'ha d'establir. El nom d'amfritrio de l'ordinador es pot especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica HOSTNAME, el nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribuit per defecte. El nom d'amfitrió també pot ser proporcionado pel servidor DHCP amb l'opció <emphasis>Assignar un nom d'amfritrió del servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No tots el servidors DHCP tenen una funció d'aquest tipus i si està configurant el seu PC per obtenir una adreça IP d'un router ADSL domèstica, és poc probable. " + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "El botó avançat dona l'opurtunitat d'especificar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" -msgstr "" -"Cerca de domini (no accessible, segons el que disposa pel servidor DHCP)" +msgstr "Cerca de domini (no accessible, segons el que disposa pel servidor DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "el client DHCP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Temps esgotat DHCP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "" -"Utilitzi el servidor YP des de DHCP (s'activa per defecte): especifiqui el " -"servidor NIS" +msgstr "Utilitzi el servidor YP des de DHCP (s'activa per defecte): especifiqui el servidor NIS" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Utilitzi el servidor NTPD des de DHCP (sincronització de rellotge)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "" -"El HOSTNAME requerit per DHCP. Utilitzeu aquesta opció si el servidor DHCP " -"requereix que el client especifiqui un nom d'amfitrió abans de rebre una " -"adreça IP. Aquesta opció no és tractada per alguns servidors DHCP." +msgstr "El HOSTNAME requerit per DHCP. Utilitzeu aquesta opció si el servidor DHCP requereix que el client especifiqui un nom d'amfitrió abans de rebre una adreça IP. Aquesta opció no és tractada per alguns servidors DHCP." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Després d'acceptar, els últims passos que són comuns a tots el paràmetres de " -"connexió s'expliquen: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "Després d'acceptar, els últims passos que són comuns a tots el paràmetres de connexió s'expliquen: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configuració manual" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Configuració Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: cal declarar que servidors " -"DNS vol utiltizar. El HOSTNAME de l'ordinador es pot especificar aquí. Si no " -"s'especifica el HOSTNAME , el nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> " -"s'atribueix per defecte." +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuració Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: cal declarar que servidors DNS vol utiltizar. El HOSTNAME de l'ordinador es pot especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica el HOSTNAME , el nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " -"provider's website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your service provider's website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " -"this setting." -msgstr "" -"En la configuració avaçanda, pot especificar <emphasis>Cerca domini</" -"emphasis>. En general, seria el seu domini principal, és a dir, si l'equip " -"es diu \"splash\", i el nom de domini complet és \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"la recerca de domini seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menys que vostè " -"especificament ho necessiti, no fa falta definir-lo. Un cop més, la ADSL " -"domèstica no necessitaria aquest ajust." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." +msgstr "En la configuració avaçanda, pot especificar <emphasis>Cerca domini</emphasis>. En general, seria el seu domini principal, és a dir, si l'equip es diu \"splash\", i el nom de domini complet és \"splash.boatanchor.net\", la recerca de domini seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menys que vostè especificament ho necessiti, no fa falta definir-lo. Un cop més, la ADSL domèstica no necessitaria aquest ajust." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1860,8 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:150 @@ -1872,68 +1564,75 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" +" can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 msgid "A new Cable modem connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una nova connexió de mòdem per cable" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:172 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vostè ha d'especificar un mètode d'autentificació:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Cap" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " -"and password." -msgstr "" +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" +" and password." +msgstr "BPALogin (necesari per a Telstra). En aquest cas, vostè ha de proporcionar el nom d'usuari i contrasenya." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuració Cable/IP</emphasis>: vostè ha de seleccionar si els servidors DNS són declarats pel servidor DHCP o s'especifiquen de forma manual, com s'explica a continuació. En l'últim cas, l'adreça IP dels servidors DNS ha de ser establerta. El nom d'amfitrió de l'ordinador es pot especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica el HOSTNAME, el nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte. El nom d'amfitrió també pot ser proporcionada pel servidor DHCP amb l'opció <emphasis>Assignar nom d'amfitrió des de el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No tots els servidors DHCP tenen una funció d'aquest tipus i si està configurant el seu PC per obtenir una adreça IP d'un router ADSL domèstic, és pòc probable." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " -"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" +" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuració Cable/IP</emphasis>: cal declarar els servidors DNS a utilitzar. El HOSTNAME del ordinador es pot especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica el HOSTNAME , el nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte. " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " -"need this setting." -msgstr "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic connection would not need this setting." +msgstr "En la configuració avançada, pot especificar <emphasis>Cerca domini</empahsis>. En general seria el seu domini principal, és a dir, si l'equip es diu \"splash\", i el seu nom de domini complet és \"splash.boatanchor.net\", la recerca de domini seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menys que vostè específicament ho necessiti, està bé no definir aquest ajust. Un cop més, la connexió domèstica no necessitaria aquest ajut." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1941,49 +1640,54 @@ msgstr "drakconnect32.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:287 msgid "A new DSL connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nova connexió ADSL" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:291 msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si l'eina detecta interfícies de xarxa, ofereix selecciona una i configurar-la." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "Es proposa una llista de proveïdors, classificats per països. Seleccioni el seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, seleccioni l'opció <guilabel>No llistades</guilabel> i després ingresi les opcions donades pel seu proveïdor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccioneu un dels protocols disponibles:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocol de configuració d'ordinadors dinàmic (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configuració TCP/IP manual" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocol de tunneling punt a punt (PPTP)" @@ -1993,22 +1697,26 @@ msgstr "Protocol de tunneling punt a punt (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Configuració de l'accés" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Entrada del compte (nom d'usuari)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasenya del compte" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(Avançat) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "" @@ -2026,14 +1734,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'assistent li pregunta el dispositiu per configurar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Mòdem XDSI extern" @@ -2043,14 +1753,16 @@ msgstr "Mòdem XDSI extern" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Es proposa una llista de maquinari, classificats per categoria i fabricant. Seleccioneu la seva targeta." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "" @@ -2059,27 +1771,31 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " -"asked for parameters:" -msgstr "" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " +"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +msgstr "A continuació s'ofereix una llista de proveïdors, classificats per països. Seleccioneu el seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, selecció l'opció <guilabel>No llistat</guilabel> i després ingresseu les opcions que el seu proveïdor li va donar. Després li demanarà paràmetres: " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nom de la connexió" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Número de telèfon" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID d'entrada" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Mètode d'autenticació" @@ -2089,39 +1805,42 @@ msgstr "Mètode d'autenticació" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Després d'això, vostè ha de seleccionar si s'obté l'adreça IP pel mètode automàtic o manual. En l'últim cas, introduïu l'adreça IP i la màsca de subxarxa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " -"put:" -msgstr "" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" +" put:" +msgstr "El següent pas és triar com s'obtenen les direccions del servidors DNS, pel mètode automàtic o manual. En el cas de la configuració manual, vostè ha de posar: " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nom de domini" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Primer i segon Servidor DNS" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecciona si el nom de host està configurat des de IP. Aquesta opció es selecciona si està segur que el seu proveïdor està configurat per acceptar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " -"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " -"IP address." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" +" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " +"the IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2149,74 +1868,89 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Gestionat" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Clau de xifratge" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "" +"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2226,7 +1960,8 @@ msgid "" "manual IP address." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -2238,41 +1973,46 @@ msgid "" "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " -"website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your providers website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " -"period." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " +"before the period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2304,7 +2044,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nom del punt d'accés" @@ -2319,12 +2060,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Selecció manual" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "" @@ -2345,57 +2088,67 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " -"for Dialup options:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Basat en script" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Basat en terminal" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2471,7 +2224,8 @@ msgid "" "immediately or not." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2486,7 +2240,8 @@ msgstr "Obre una consola com administrador" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2494,16 +2249,16 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " -"information about that." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" +" information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2516,7 +2271,8 @@ msgstr "Gestiona les particions de disc" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2524,9 +2280,9 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " -"as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -2535,8 +2291,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" -"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " +"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2546,7 +2302,8 @@ msgid "" "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2556,10 +2313,11 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " -"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" -"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " -"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" +" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " +"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " +"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " +"partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2589,7 +2347,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2602,7 +2361,8 @@ msgid "" "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2617,7 +2377,8 @@ msgstr "Configura el gestor de pantalla" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2625,16 +2386,16 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " -"on your system will be shown." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" +" on your system will be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2655,7 +2416,8 @@ msgstr "Estableix un tallafoc personal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2663,8 +2425,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2681,8 +2443,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " -"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" +" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" @@ -2718,7 +2480,8 @@ msgid "" "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2739,9 +2502,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " -"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " -"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" +" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " +"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2749,12 +2512,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2763,8 +2528,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " -"packages are downloaded." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" +" packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> @@ -2777,16 +2542,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "" -"Gestiona, afegeix i elimina tipus de lletra. Importa tipus de lletra de " -"Windows (TM)" +msgstr "Gestiona, afegeix i elimina tipus de lletra. Importa tipus de lletra de Windows (TM)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2794,8 +2558,8 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2830,8 +2594,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " -"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" +" must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2842,8 +2606,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " -"to use the fonts." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" +" to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2869,10 +2633,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " -"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " -"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " +"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " +"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2892,7 +2656,8 @@ msgstr "Control patern" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2900,17 +2665,17 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" -"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " -"package (not installed by default)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " +"drakguard package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2936,17 +2701,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " -"only execute what you accept them to execute." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" +" only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" -"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " -"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " -"DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " +"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " +"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " +"control blocker DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2961,18 +2726,18 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " -"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " -"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " -"then suggest you reboot." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" +" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " +"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" +" will then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " -"is opened." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" +" is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3024,8 +2789,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " -"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" +" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" @@ -3046,7 +2811,8 @@ msgstr "Comparteix la connexió a internet amb altres màquines locals" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -3056,7 +2822,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "../drakgw-net.png" @@ -3088,8 +2855,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3117,16 +2884,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " -"one, check that this is correct." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" +" one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " -"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " -"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" +" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" +" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3141,8 +2908,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " -"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" +" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3178,8 +2945,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " -"using." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" +" using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3199,7 +2966,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " +"sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3212,7 +2980,8 @@ msgstr "Definicions d'hostes" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -3220,8 +2989,8 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3268,7 +3037,8 @@ msgstr "Configuració avançada d'interfícies de xarxa i tallafocs" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3278,15 +3048,16 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3299,7 +3070,8 @@ msgstr "Centre de xarxa" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3307,8 +3079,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3323,30 +3095,34 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " -"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " -"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " -"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " -"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " -"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," +" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " +"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " +"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " +"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " +"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3356,27 +3132,27 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " -"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " -"connected." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" +" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " +"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" +" connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" -"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " -"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " -"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " -"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " -"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " -"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " -"particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " +"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " +"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " +"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " +"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " +"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " +"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " +"key in particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3384,7 +3160,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3394,7 +3171,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3404,8 +3182,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " -"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" +" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3419,8 +3197,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" -"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " +"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3433,7 +3211,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3443,8 +3222,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " -"configuration may give better results." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" +" configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3468,8 +3247,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" -"</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3477,7 +3256,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3492,7 +3272,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3525,8 +3306,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " -"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" +" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" @@ -3543,7 +3324,8 @@ msgid "" "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3553,7 +3335,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3568,7 +3351,8 @@ msgstr "Administra diferents perfils de xarxa" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3576,8 +3360,8 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3590,7 +3374,8 @@ msgstr "Comparteix discs o directoris usant NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3603,20 +3388,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " -"first time, it may display the following message:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" +" first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "" +"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3636,10 +3422,7 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "" -"Es mostra una llista de directoris que son compartits. En aquest pas, la " -"llista es buida. El botó <guibutton>Afegeix</guibutton> dóna accés a una " -"eina de configuració." +msgstr "Es mostra una llista de directoris que son compartits. En aquest pas, la llista es buida. El botó <guibutton>Afegeix</guibutton> dóna accés a una eina de configuració." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3652,12 +3435,10 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "" -"L'eina de configuració s'anomena \"Modificar les dades\". També es pot " -"posar en marxa amb el botó <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Els següents " -"paràmetres estan disponibles." +msgstr "L'eina de configuració s'anomena \"Modificar les dades\". També es pot posar en marxa amb el botó <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Els següents paràmetres estan disponibles." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3673,10 +3454,7 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "" -"Aqui podeu especificar quin directori es va compartir. El botó " -"<guibutton>Directori</guibutton> dóna accés a un navegador per seleccionar-" -"lo." +msgstr "Aqui podeu especificar quin directori es va compartir. El botó <guibutton>Directori</guibutton> dóna accés a un navegador per seleccionar-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3688,9 +3466,7 @@ msgstr "Accés a l'ordinador" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu especificar els hosts que estan autoritzats per accedir al " -"directori compartit." +msgstr "Aquí podeu especificar els hosts que estan autoritzats per accedir al directori compartit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3702,9 +3478,7 @@ msgstr "Els clients NFS poden especificar-se en un nombre de maneres:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>únic host</emphasis>: un amfitrió, ja sigui per un àlies " -"reconegut , el nom del domini complet o un adreça IP." +msgstr "<emphasis>únic host</emphasis>: un amfitrió, ja sigui per un àlies reconegut , el nom del domini complet o un adreça IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 @@ -3737,24 +3511,24 @@ msgstr "Mapatge d'ID d'usuaris" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " -"the server itself." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" +" the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " -"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." +" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " -"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " -"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" +" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" +" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3773,8 +3547,8 @@ msgstr "Opcions avançades" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " -"is on by default." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" +" is on by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3812,7 +3586,8 @@ msgstr "Entrades del menú" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Fins ara la llista té almenys una entrada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3846,7 +3621,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " +"files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3859,7 +3635,8 @@ msgstr "Servidor intermediari" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3867,25 +3644,25 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " -"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" +" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " -"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " -"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" +" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " @@ -3902,7 +3679,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3910,10 +3688,10 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " -"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " -"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " -"below)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" +" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" +" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" +" below)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -3939,8 +3717,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4045,8 +3823,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " -"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" +" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." msgstr "" @@ -4091,8 +3869,8 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " -"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" +" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." msgstr "" @@ -4105,9 +3883,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " -"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " -"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" +" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " +"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -4123,8 +3901,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " -"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" +" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4136,15 +3914,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " -"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" +" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -4169,7 +3948,8 @@ msgid "" "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -4190,9 +3970,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" -"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " -"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " +"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " +"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." msgstr "" @@ -4204,11 +3984,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " -"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " -"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" -"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " -"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" +" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " +"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " +"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> @@ -4225,16 +4005,17 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " -"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" +" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" -"link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " +"page</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4247,7 +4028,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4286,19 +4068,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " -"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" +" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4310,7 +4093,8 @@ msgid "" "selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4318,8 +4102,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " -"access to the shared resources." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" +" access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4329,7 +4113,8 @@ msgid "" "the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4360,7 +4145,8 @@ msgid "" "address or host name." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4372,7 +4158,8 @@ msgid "" "described in the Windows workstations." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4383,7 +4170,8 @@ msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4392,11 +4180,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" -"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " +"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4406,7 +4195,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4439,7 +4229,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4447,13 +4238,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" -"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " -"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " -"modified." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " +"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" +" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " +"name can not be modified." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4498,7 +4290,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4516,7 +4309,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4539,7 +4333,8 @@ msgstr "Configura l'autenticació per les eines de Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -4547,8 +4342,8 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4570,7 +4365,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4616,7 +4412,8 @@ msgstr "Instantànies " msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4624,16 +4421,16 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" -"guilabel> section." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " +"tools</guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4648,9 +4445,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" -"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " -"whole system</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " +"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " +"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4658,21 +4455,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " -"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" -"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " -"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " -"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" +" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " +"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" +" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " +"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " +"are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " -"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" -"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" +" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4690,7 +4488,8 @@ msgstr "Configuració del so" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4698,8 +4497,8 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4720,8 +4519,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " -"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" +" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " +"card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -4735,10 +4535,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " -"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " -"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " -"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" +" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " +"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " +"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4762,7 +4562,8 @@ msgid "" "three buttons:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4793,7 +4594,8 @@ msgstr "Configura un SAI per monitoritzar el corrent" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4801,8 +4603,8 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4815,7 +4617,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4823,8 +4626,8 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4865,7 +4668,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4877,7 +4681,8 @@ msgid "" "first time the tool is used." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4894,7 +4699,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4915,8 +4721,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " -"to this VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" +" to this VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4929,7 +4735,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4937,8 +4744,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4970,7 +4777,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4987,7 +4795,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -5004,7 +4813,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -5019,7 +4829,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -5036,7 +4847,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -5053,7 +4865,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resum" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -5063,7 +4876,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5072,7 +4886,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finish" msgstr "Fi" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -5093,7 +4908,8 @@ msgstr "Configura DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -5101,8 +4917,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -5115,7 +4931,8 @@ msgstr "Configura DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -5130,16 +4947,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " -"be installed before you can access to it." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" +" be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5166,7 +4983,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" @@ -5176,7 +4994,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -5185,8 +5004,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5194,7 +5013,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5208,7 +5028,8 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5218,7 +5039,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5235,7 +5057,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5260,62 +5083,73 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" -"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " -"parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " +"adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5323,8 +5157,8 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" -"code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " +"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5342,7 +5176,8 @@ msgstr "Configura l'hora" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5350,16 +5185,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " -"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" +" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" @@ -5376,22 +5211,26 @@ msgid "" "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5399,14 +5238,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " -"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" +" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5429,9 +5269,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" -"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" -"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " +"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5451,8 +5291,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" -"code> services;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " +"<code>ntpd</code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5471,7 +5311,8 @@ msgstr "Configura FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5479,15 +5320,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5513,12 +5354,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5535,7 +5378,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Information" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5552,7 +5396,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5560,16 +5405,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " -"(File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" +" (File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5584,7 +5431,8 @@ msgstr "Configura el servidor intermediari" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5592,8 +5440,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5630,7 +5478,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5640,7 +5489,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5657,7 +5507,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5673,7 +5524,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5681,8 +5533,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5690,14 +5542,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5705,7 +5559,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5720,7 +5575,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5728,11 +5584,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5742,7 +5599,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5754,7 +5612,8 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5767,49 +5626,56 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." -"orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " +"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." -"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5829,7 +5695,8 @@ msgstr "Configuració del dimoni OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5837,15 +5704,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5858,8 +5725,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " -"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," +" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" @@ -5879,7 +5746,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5887,8 +5755,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" -"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " +"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5896,7 +5765,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opcions generals" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5913,7 +5783,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5930,7 +5801,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Logging" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5938,8 +5810,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5947,7 +5819,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Login Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5962,7 +5835,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5978,7 +5852,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5990,12 +5865,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -6010,7 +5887,8 @@ msgstr "Gestiona els serveis de sistema activant-los o desactivant-los" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -6018,8 +5896,8 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6032,7 +5910,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -6040,8 +5919,8 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6083,8 +5962,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " -"available at the bottom of the right column:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" +" available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6142,7 +6021,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6150,8 +6030,8 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6172,9 +6052,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " -"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " -"layout should be used for." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" +" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " +"each layout should be used for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6199,7 +6079,8 @@ msgstr "Gestiona la localització del sistema" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6207,8 +6088,8 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6280,7 +6161,8 @@ msgstr "Visualitza i cerca els registres del sistema" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6288,16 +6170,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" -"guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " +"logs</guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6308,26 +6190,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " -"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " -"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " -"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " -"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" -"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " -"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " -"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " +"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" +" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" +" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " +"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " +"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " +"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " +"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " +"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " -"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " -"updated each time a configuration is modified." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" +" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " +"are updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6346,11 +6228,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" -"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " -"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " -"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " -"(See screenshot above)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " +"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " +"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " +"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " +"look watch. (See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6398,7 +6280,8 @@ msgstr "Servei Xinetd" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6407,8 +6290,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " -"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" +" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" @@ -6434,8 +6317,8 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6449,9 +6332,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " -"advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " +"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6467,8 +6350,8 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6482,12 +6365,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " -"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," +" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6537,7 +6421,8 @@ msgid "" "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6559,7 +6444,8 @@ msgstr "Actualització de paquets de programari" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6567,17 +6453,17 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" -"emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" -"emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -6592,20 +6478,21 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " -"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" +" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " -"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" +" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6614,8 +6501,8 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6623,7 +6510,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot" msgstr "Arrencada" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6665,7 +6553,8 @@ msgstr "Centre de Control Mageia" msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" msgstr "" @@ -6674,41 +6563,33 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota " -"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a " -"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Maquinari" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6725,14 +6606,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Administra el maquinari" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " +"hardware</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6742,14 +6625,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configura els gràfics" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " +"effects</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6759,12 +6644,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configura teclat i ratolí" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6774,14 +6661,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configura impressió i escaneig" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " -"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," +" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6791,7 +6680,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Altres" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6813,7 +6703,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " +"tools." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6842,7 +6733,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Discs locals" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6874,7 +6766,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Serveis de xarxa" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6882,8 +6775,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " -"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" +" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -6918,7 +6811,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Compartició de xarxa" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6935,12 +6829,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configura la compartició amb Windows(R)" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " @@ -6952,12 +6848,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configura les comparticions NFS" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6967,7 +6865,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configura les comparticions WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6977,7 +6876,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6985,8 +6885,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " -"below to learn more." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" +" below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> @@ -6994,17 +6894,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Administra dispositius de xarxa" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -7014,27 +6917,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalitza i assegura la xarxa" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -7044,7 +6952,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguretat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -7088,7 +6997,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartició" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -7097,8 +7007,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " -"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" +" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -7117,7 +7027,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -7134,17 +7045,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Administra els serveis del sistema" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7154,12 +7068,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localització" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7169,29 +7085,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Eines d'administració" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " +"system</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7206,7 +7127,8 @@ msgstr "Configura la freqüència de les actualitzacions" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7214,18 +7136,18 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" -"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " -"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" -"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " +"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7233,7 +7155,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " +"out." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -7246,7 +7169,8 @@ msgstr "Configura el dispositiu apuntador (ratolí, ratolí tàctil)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7254,8 +7178,8 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7268,8 +7192,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " -"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" +" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7291,7 +7215,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7299,15 +7224,15 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " -"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" +" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" @@ -7328,10 +7253,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " -"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " -"own customised security levels." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" +" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" +" own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7367,17 +7292,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " @@ -7392,11 +7320,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" -"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " +"below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7414,20 +7344,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " -"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " -"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" +" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" +" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " -"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " -"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " -"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" +" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" +" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" +" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" @@ -7445,21 +7375,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " -"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " -"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " -"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" +" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" +" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" +" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " -"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " -"the most common use cases." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" +"configure system security according to the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7473,12 +7403,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" -"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " -"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " -"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " -"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " -"configuration." +"These levels are saved in " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " +"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " +"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" +" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7496,11 +7426,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" -"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " -"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " -"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " -"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " +"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " +"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" +" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" +" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" @@ -7509,8 +7439,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " -"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." +" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" @@ -7523,11 +7453,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " -"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" -"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " -"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " -"options." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" +" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " +"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " +"to the options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7539,11 +7469,12 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " -"column." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" +" column." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7558,7 +7489,8 @@ msgid "" "choice." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7572,7 +7504,8 @@ msgid "" "saving them." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7588,7 +7521,8 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7613,7 +7547,8 @@ msgid "" "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7627,13 +7562,14 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " -"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " -"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" +" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" +" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7641,10 +7577,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " +"button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7653,10 +7591,11 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" -"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " -"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " -"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " +"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " +"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " +"tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7681,12 +7620,13 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" -"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " -"done to the permissions." +"you want. Current configuration is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " +"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7695,16 +7635,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " -"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " -"given rule:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" +" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" +" given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " -"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" +" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" @@ -7719,19 +7659,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " -"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " -"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" +" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " +"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7757,11 +7698,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " -"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " -"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " -"be changed by msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " +"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " +"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" +" that will be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7784,8 +7725,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " -"next pages." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" +" next pages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7823,7 +7764,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7836,8 +7778,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7852,18 +7794,19 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " -"included in the packages." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" +" included in the packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" -"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" +"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7872,8 +7815,8 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " -"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" +" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " @@ -7892,7 +7835,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7908,24 +7852,24 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " -"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," +" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " -"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " -"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" +" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" +" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" -"firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " +"</firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7982,8 +7926,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " -"sub categories." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" +" sub categories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7995,8 +7939,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " -"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" +" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "" @@ -8013,66 +7957,78 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" -"guibutton>." +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " +"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icona" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "" @@ -8108,7 +8064,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8116,14 +8073,14 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " -"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" +" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " -"install." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" +" install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -8182,7 +8139,8 @@ msgid "" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8199,8 +8157,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8215,11 +8173,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " -"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" +" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8227,17 +8186,17 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" -"emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " +"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " -"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." -"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " +"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> @@ -8245,26 +8204,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" -"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " -"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " +"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" +" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8277,11 +8233,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8291,7 +8248,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8299,8 +8257,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " -"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" +" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." msgstr "" @@ -8320,7 +8278,8 @@ msgid "" "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8330,7 +8289,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8342,7 +8302,8 @@ msgid "" "machines." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8352,7 +8313,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8389,8 +8351,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" -"emphasis> to be started on boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8408,8 +8370,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" -"emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8420,13 +8382,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" -"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " -"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " -"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " -"ignored." +"Drivers are available from <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" +"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " +"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " +"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " +"have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -8462,16 +8424,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" -"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" -"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -8479,7 +8441,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestió de programari" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8487,8 +8450,8 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " -"Click on a link below to learn more." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." +" Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8499,8 +8462,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " +"system</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8525,7 +8488,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8560,8 +8524,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" -">." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8605,11 +8569,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" -"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " +"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " -"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" +" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8617,7 +8581,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8625,8 +8590,8 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " -"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" +" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" @@ -8680,17 +8645,17 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " -"another workstation that serves as printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" +" another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " -"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " -"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " -"one." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" +" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " +"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " +"fixed one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8698,8 +8663,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " -"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" +" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." @@ -8708,9 +8673,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " -"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " -"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" +" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," +" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." @@ -8727,8 +8692,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " -"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" +" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8745,9 +8710,9 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" -"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " -"not required." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " +"IP-adress is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8756,11 +8721,12 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " -"the same as above." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" +" the same as above." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8790,8 +8756,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " -"with TLS secured protocol." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" +" with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8854,8 +8820,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." -"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" +" documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8867,11 +8834,12 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " -"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" -"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " -"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " -"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" +" system, but you can specify a different one with the " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " +"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" +" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8889,23 +8857,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" -"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " +"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" -"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " -"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " -"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " -"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " -"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " -"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " -"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " -"drivers or for more recent devices." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " +"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" +" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " +"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" +" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " +"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " +"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" +"date drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8916,9 +8884,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" -"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " -"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" +" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " +"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8930,8 +8899,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" -"emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " +"devices</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8939,9 +8908,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" -"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" -"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " +"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" @@ -8966,9 +8936,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " -"protocol." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " +"for the QPDL protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8979,12 +8949,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" -"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " -"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " -"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " -"according to your architecture." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" +"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" +" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9016,7 +8986,8 @@ msgstr "Importa documents i configuracions de Windows(TM)" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -9024,8 +8995,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9041,9 +9012,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " -"computer as the Mageia installation." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9073,11 +9044,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " -"than yours own." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" +" than yours own." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9086,9 +9058,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " -"incorrectly." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " +"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -9102,20 +9074,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " -"use such accounts for the import purposes." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " +"import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " -"documents:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import documents:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9123,21 +9097,23 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " -"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " +"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " +"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " +"appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " -"to import bookmarks:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9153,8 +9129,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" +" button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9162,7 +9138,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9170,7 +9147,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9180,7 +9158,8 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9195,7 +9174,8 @@ msgstr "Usuaris i grups" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9203,8 +9183,8 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9219,15 +9199,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " -"(ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" +" (ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " -"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" +" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" @@ -9241,7 +9221,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9262,18 +9243,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " -"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " -"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." +" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" +" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " -"you entered what you intended to." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" +" you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9328,7 +9309,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9361,7 +9343,8 @@ msgid "" "password periodically." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9407,10 +9390,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" -"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " -"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " -"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " +"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " +"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9426,8 +9409,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " -"refresh the display." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" +" refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9441,8 +9424,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " -"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" +" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" @@ -9457,7 +9440,8 @@ msgstr "Estableix el servidor gràfic" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9465,9 +9449,9 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" -"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " -"capital letters." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " +"as root. Mind the capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9475,8 +9459,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9526,7 +9510,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " +"example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9538,8 +9523,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " -"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" +" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" @@ -9555,7 +9540,8 @@ msgid "" "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" @@ -9563,16 +9549,16 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " -"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " -"of what the selected color depth looks like." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth," +" a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a " +"preview of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " -"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" +" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." @@ -9581,8 +9567,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " -"another one." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" +" another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -9609,8 +9595,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " -"XFdrake's text version." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" +" XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9645,16 +9631,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" -"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " -"unchecked for a server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " +"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " +"may be unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" +" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po index 858cd896..09c22a9f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-12 11:50+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-12 20:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Albano <randyichinose@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" "it/)\n" @@ -472,6 +472,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." msgstr "" +"Il suo obiettivo è quello di definire il modo in cui il tuo disco rimovibile " +"è montato." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 @@ -492,6 +494,8 @@ msgstr "Punto di mount" msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." msgstr "" +"Spunta questa casella per cambiare il punto di mount. Quello di default è /" +"media/cdrom" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -504,11 +508,13 @@ msgid "" "Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" msgstr "" +"Alcuni punti di mount possono essere scelti sia qui direttamente nella lista " +"o via il sottomenù <guilabel>Avanzate</guilabel>. I principali sono:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 msgid "user/nouser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "user/nouser" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47 @@ -534,6 +540,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo strumento da linea di comando digitando come root: " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -561,6 +569,8 @@ msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " "share directories." msgstr "" +"Seleziona <guibutton>ricerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei " +"server che condividono cartelle." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 @@ -798,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 @@ -828,6 +838,9 @@ msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" msgstr "" +"Non usare questo strumento se non sai esattamente quello che stai facendo. " +"Cambiare alcune impostazioni può impedire alla tua macchina di eseguire il " +"boot!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 @@ -888,6 +901,8 @@ msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." msgstr "" +"SMP sta per Symmetric Multi Processors, è un'architettura per processori " +"multicore." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 @@ -895,6 +910,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." msgstr "" +"Se hai un processore con HyperThreading Mageia lo vedrà come un processore " +"dual e abiliterà SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 @@ -1085,11 +1102,13 @@ msgid "" "The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " "the unneeded parts." msgstr "" +"L'output è troppo grande per essere allegato a un bug report senza " +"cancellare le parti non necessarie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Questo comando raccoglie le seguenti informazioni sul tuo sistema:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:29 @@ -1425,6 +1444,8 @@ msgid "" "Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>." msgstr "" +"Qui puoi cancellare un'interfaccia network<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 @@ -1439,6 +1460,8 @@ msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." msgstr "" +"Vedrai un messaggio che l'interfaccia network è stata cancellata con " +"successo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1461,6 +1484,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakconnect</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1476,11 +1501,13 @@ msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." msgstr "" +"Seleziona il tipo di connessione che vuoi impostare in base a quale hardware " +"e provider possiedi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una nuova connessione cablata (Ethernet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 @@ -1488,6 +1515,8 @@ msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." msgstr "" +"La prima finestra mostra le interfacce disponibili. Scegliere quella da " +"configurare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 @@ -1523,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "drakconnect5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 @@ -1538,7 +1567,7 @@ msgstr "il client DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DHCP timeout" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 @@ -1796,12 +1825,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocollo per il resto del mondo, eccetto Europa (DHCP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocollo per l'Europa (EDSS1)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 @@ -2045,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il pin è richiesto. Lasciare vuoto se il PIN non è necessario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 @@ -2158,22 +2187,22 @@ msgstr "CHAP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:786 msgid "Ending the configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Concludendo la configurazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:788 msgid "In the next step, you can specify:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nel prossimo step puoi specificare:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:792 msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Permetti agli utenti di gestire la connessione</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:796 msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Avviare la connessione al boot</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:800 @@ -2185,6 +2214,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Permetti all'interfaccia di essere controllata da Network Manager</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2197,7 +2228,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Con il pulsante avanzate puoi specificare:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:820 @@ -2225,6 +2256,8 @@ msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." msgstr "" +"L'ultimo step ti permetterà di specificare se avviare la connessione " +"immediatamente oppure no." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 @@ -2252,6 +2285,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 @@ -2260,6 +2295,9 @@ msgid "" "console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " "information about that." msgstr "" +"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti permette di " +"accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non " +"pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2283,6 +2321,9 @@ msgid "" "\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " "as root." msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2342,7 +2383,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puoi scegliere un punto di mount inesistente, verrà creato." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 @@ -2705,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 msgid "Configuring Parental controls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurando il Parental control" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:52 @@ -2919,6 +2960,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." msgstr "" +"Verrai avvisato sulla necessità di controllare se il firewall è attivo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2946,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 msgid "Stop connection sharing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ferma la condivisione di connessione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:125 @@ -2976,6 +3018,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> come root: " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -3253,7 +3297,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modalità operativa:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 @@ -3371,6 +3415,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknfs.xml:33 msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "" +"Il pacchetto nfs-utils necessita di essere installato. Desideri installarlo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 @@ -3565,7 +3610,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:155 msgid "Save the current configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salva la configurazione corrente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:159 @@ -3733,6 +3778,8 @@ msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" +"Mostra il nome del media. I repository ufficiali di Mageia per la versione " +"finale contengono almeno:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 @@ -3740,6 +3787,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> che contiene per la maggior parte " +"programmi supportati da Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 @@ -3747,6 +3796,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> che contiene alcuni software " +"proprietari" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 @@ -3900,7 +3951,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Aggiungi un media personalizzato:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 @@ -3927,7 +3978,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Opzioni globali:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 @@ -3941,7 +3992,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Gestisci chiavi:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 @@ -4218,7 +4269,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salva l'attuale configurazione in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:214 @@ -4610,12 +4661,12 @@ msgstr "In seguito dai un nome alla connessione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:37 msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla prossima schermata dare i dettagli della tua connessione VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:42 msgid "For Cisco VPN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per VPN Cisco" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 @@ -4628,6 +4679,8 @@ msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." msgstr "" +"Per openvpn. Il pacchetto openvpn e le sue dipendenze verranno installate la " +"prima volta che lo strumento verrà usato." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 @@ -4654,7 +4707,7 @@ msgstr "drakvpn8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:72 msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La prossima schermata chiede l'indirizzo IP del gateway." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:76 @@ -4715,7 +4768,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impostando un web server con drakwizard apache2" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23 @@ -4733,6 +4786,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 @@ -4759,7 +4813,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56 @@ -4774,7 +4828,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 @@ -4911,7 +4965,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impostando un server DHCP con drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 @@ -4921,7 +4975,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 @@ -5001,7 +5055,7 @@ msgstr "Cos'è stato fatto" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installare il pacchetto dhcp-server se necessario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 @@ -5262,7 +5316,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imposta un server FTP con darkwizard proftpd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23 @@ -5289,7 +5343,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informazioni del server" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 @@ -5306,7 +5360,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opzioni del server" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 @@ -5363,7 +5417,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 msgid "What is a proxy server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cos'è un server proxy?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 @@ -5394,7 +5448,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60 msgid "Selecting the proxy port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selezionando la porta proxy" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 @@ -5411,7 +5465,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impostando memoria e uso del disco" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 @@ -5496,7 +5550,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158 msgid "Start during boot?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avviare durante il boot?" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 @@ -5518,7 +5572,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193 msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installare il pacchetto squid se necessario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 @@ -5568,12 +5622,12 @@ msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Riavviando <code>squid.</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 @@ -5607,7 +5661,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cos'è <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 @@ -5628,7 +5682,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benvenuti al wizard di Open SSH." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28 @@ -5873,7 +5927,7 @@ msgstr "modem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:77 msgid "Jaz devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dispositivi Jaz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:81 @@ -6213,7 +6267,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostra le informazioni riguardo PCI, USB e PCMCIA" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:6 @@ -6269,7 +6323,7 @@ msgstr "Informazioni sulla scheda grafica;" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:33 msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:35 @@ -6279,12 +6333,12 @@ msgstr "Informazioni sul network" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:37 msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:39 msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "-i per ignorare la distinzione di maiuscolo e minuscolo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:41 @@ -6419,12 +6473,12 @@ msgstr "Centro Controllo Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lo strumento per configurare Mageia" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 @@ -6433,6 +6487,9 @@ msgid "" "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" +"I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0 " +"license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 @@ -6441,6 +6498,9 @@ msgid "" "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" +"Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 @@ -6500,6 +6560,8 @@ msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configura effetti desktop 3D</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 @@ -7107,7 +7169,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:47 msgid "See the screenshot above" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guarda lo screenshot sopra" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:49 @@ -7130,17 +7192,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msec con alcune informazioni:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" -msgstr "" +msgstr "abilitato o no" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il livello di sicurezza base configurato" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 @@ -7152,7 +7214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 msgid "Security settings tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tab impostazioni di sicurezza" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 @@ -7169,7 +7231,7 @@ msgstr "msecgui2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:100 msgid "Basic security tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tab sicurezza di base" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:103 @@ -7298,7 +7360,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 msgid "System security tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tab sicurezza di sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:201 @@ -7352,6 +7414,7 @@ msgstr "Sicurezza della rete" msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" +"Questa tab mostra tutte le opzioni di rete e funziona come quella precedente" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 @@ -7361,7 +7424,7 @@ msgstr "msecgui4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:251 msgid "Periodic checks tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tab controlli periodici" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:253 @@ -7516,6 +7579,8 @@ msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." msgstr "" +"È anche possibile creare o modificare le regole editando il file di " +"configurazione <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 @@ -7927,6 +7992,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -7955,7 +8022,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Vuoi installare i pacchetti SANE?\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 @@ -8012,6 +8079,8 @@ msgid "" "If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" +"Se non riesci a trovare il tuo scanner nella lista clicca su " +"<emphasis>Annulla</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 @@ -8214,7 +8283,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 msgid "Extra installation steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fasi extra di installazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 @@ -8944,7 +9013,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La pagina successiva ti permette di importare sfondi desktop:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 @@ -8956,6 +9025,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" msgid "" "Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." msgstr "" +"Scegli le opzioni preferite e premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</" +"guibutton> " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 @@ -9131,6 +9202,8 @@ msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." msgstr "" +"La seconda opzione è di bloccare l'account. La connessione è impossibile " +"sino a quando l'account resta bloccato." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9188,7 +9261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Cancella</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 @@ -9268,12 +9341,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il bottone ti permette di cambiare la configurazione grafica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Scheda grafica</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:28 @@ -9340,6 +9413,8 @@ msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" +"Questo bottone ti permette di scegliere la risoluzione (numero di pixels) e " +"la profondità di colore (numero di colori). Mostra questa schermata:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:69 @@ -9370,6 +9445,8 @@ msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." msgstr "" +"Il secondo pulsante mostra l'attuale profondità di colore, clicca per " +"cambiarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:85 @@ -9377,6 +9454,8 @@ msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" +"A seconda della risoluzione scelta potrebbe essere necessario eseguire il " +"logout e riavviare l'ambiente grafico per vederne gli effetti." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:92 @@ -9390,6 +9469,9 @@ msgid "" "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." msgstr "" +"Una volta che la configurazione è finita è consigliato eseguire un test " +"prima di cliccare su OK poiché è più semplice modificare le impostazioni ora " +"che dopo, nel caso in cui l'ambiente grafico non dovesse funzionare." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:99 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml index 9a4cfd56..579c0521 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ <info> <title>Centro Controllo Mageia</title> <cover> - <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA -3.0 license <link + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0 +license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> - <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link -ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link + <para>Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>. </para> <para>E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml index 37c5a1da..98113e0a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ as root. Mind the capital letters.</para> <para/> - <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para> + <para>Il bottone ti permette di cambiare la configurazione grafica.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Scheda grafica</emphasis>:</para> <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the <para><emphasis role="bold">Risoluzione:</emphasis></para> - <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the -colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para> + <para>Questo bottone ti permette di scegliere la risoluzione (numero di pixels) e +la profondità di colore (numero di colori). Mostra questa schermata:</para> <para><mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -76,21 +76,21 @@ and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or select an uncomfortable setting.</para> - <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for -another one.</para> + <para>Il secondo pulsante mostra l'attuale profondità di colore, clicca per +cambiarla.</para> <para><note> - <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and -restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.</para> + <para>A seconda della risoluzione scelta potrebbe essere necessario eseguire il +logout e riavviare l'ambiente grafico per vederne gli effetti.</para> </note></para> <para/> <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para> - <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking -on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the -graphical environment doesn't work.</para> + <para>Una volta che la configurazione è finita è consigliato eseguire un test +prima di cliccare su OK poiché è più semplice modificare le impostazioni ora +che dopo, nel caso in cui l'ambiente grafico non dovesse funzionare.</para> <para><note> <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml index 8c1f0476..c9458d64 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml @@ -18,7 +18,8 @@ role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root.</para> disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para> - <para>Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted. </para> + <para>Il suo obiettivo è quello di definire il modo in cui il tuo disco rimovibile +è montato. </para> <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change @@ -28,7 +29,8 @@ button. </para> <section> <title>Punto di mount</title> - <para>Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom.</para> + <para>Spunta questa casella per cambiare il punto di mount. Quello di default è +/media/cdrom</para> <para/> </section> @@ -36,8 +38,8 @@ button. </para> <section> <title>Opzioni</title> - <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the -<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para> + <para>Alcuni punti di mount possono essere scelti sia qui direttamente nella lista +o via il sottomenù <guilabel>Avanzate</guilabel>. I principali sono:</para> <para/> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml index 2dbabf52..3809ff89 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ <title>Introduzione</title> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento da linea di comando digitando come root: +<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis></para> </footnote> allows you to declare which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ server disponibile, per esempio <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para> <section> <title>Procedura</title> - <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who -share directories.</para> + <para>Seleziona <guibutton>ricerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei +server che condividono cartelle.</para> <para>Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot--boot.xml index e6cf610c..6cfb3a23 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot--boot.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot--boot.xml @@ -32,8 +32,9 @@ etc.)</para> boot system".</para> <warning> - <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing -some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para> + <para>Non usare questo strumento se non sai esattamente quello che stai +facendo. Cambiare alcune impostazioni può impedire alla tua macchina di +eseguire il boot!</para> </warning> <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to @@ -64,12 +65,12 @@ compatible.</para> <para><guibutton>Abilita SMP:</guibutton></para> - <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for -multicore processors.</para> + <para>SMP sta per Symmetric Multi Processors, è un'architettura per processori +multicore.</para> <note> - <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual -processor and enable SMP.</para> + <para>Se hai un processore con HyperThreading Mageia lo vedrà come un processore +dual e abiliterà SMP.</para> </note> <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml index 506292d9..19f1fad3 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ on the command line.</para> doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be several GBs large.</para> -<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing -the unneeded parts.</para></note> - <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para> +<note><para>L'output è troppo grande per essere allegato a un bug report senza +cancellare le parti non necessarie.</para></note> + <para>Questo comando raccoglie le seguenti informazioni sul tuo sistema:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml index e8f734f6..629d11d6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis + <para>Qui puoi cancellare un'interfaccia network<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> - <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted -successfully.</para> + <para>Vedrai un messaggio che l'interfaccia network è stata cancellata con +successo.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml index a2b522e7..e17481b9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml @@ -15,23 +15,23 @@ <title>Introduzione</title> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis +role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> come root.</para> </footnote> allows to configure much of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from your access provider or your network administrator.</para> - <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware -and provider you have.</para> + <para>Seleziona il tipo di connessione che vuoi impostare in base a quale hardware +e provider possiedi.</para> </section> <section> - <title>A new Wired connection (Ethernet)</title> + <title>Una nuova connessione cablata (Ethernet)</title> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one -to configure.</para> + <para>La prima finestra mostra le interfacce disponibili. Scegliere quella da +configurare.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para> + <para>Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one -to configure.</para> + <para>La prima finestra mostra le interfacce disponibili. Scegliere quella da +configurare.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para> + <para>Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -364,11 +364,11 @@ manufacturer. Select your card.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)</para> + <para>Protocollo per il resto del mondo, eccetto Europa (DHCP)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para> + <para>Protocollo per l'Europa (EDSS1)</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para> + <para>Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ selezionarne una e di configurarla.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para> + <para>Il pin è richiesto. Lasciare vuoto se il PIN non è necessario.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -749,17 +749,17 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para> </section> <section xml:id="drakconnect-end"> - <title>Ending the configuration</title> + <title>Concludendo la configurazione</title> - <para>In the next step, you can specify:</para> + <para>Nel prossimo step puoi specificare:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>Permetti agli utenti di gestire la connessione</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>Avviare la connessione al boot</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -767,7 +767,8 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>Permetti all'interfaccia di essere controllata da Network +Manager</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -777,7 +778,7 @@ automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para> + <para>Con il pulsante avanzate puoi specificare:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -797,8 +798,8 @@ automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start -immediately or not.</para> + <para>L'ultimo step ti permetterà di specificare se avviare la connessione +immediatamente oppure no.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml index c9257f64..22ba86f3 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para> - </footnote> gives you access to a console -which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more -information about that.</para> + <para>Questo strumento<footnote> + <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: +<emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis></para> + </footnote> ti permette di +accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non +pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml index 9f7221ff..8dd4b558 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ <warning> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis -role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: +<emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis +role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis></para> </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button <guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is selected</para> - <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para> + <para>Puoi scegliere un punto di mount inesistente, verrà creato.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml index 9753ba7b..9592c8fa 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ control blocker DansGuardian.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Configuring Parental controls</title> + <title>Configurando il Parental control</title> <para><warning> <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml index abcd2a39..a406ba66 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ printers and to share them.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> - <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para> + <para>Verrai avvisato sulla necessità di controllare se il firewall è attivo.</para> </section> <section xml:id="drakgw-configure"> @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ gateway.</para> </section> <section xml:id="drakgw-stop"> - <title>Stop connection sharing</title> + <title>Ferma la condivisione di connessione</title> <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml index 3f816c07..faf5b8bb 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-addresses, this tool<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando <emphasis +role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> come root: </para> </footnote> allows to specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name instead of the IP-address.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml index 7a976d89..122b90e6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Modalità operativa:</emphasis></para> <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected. Select diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml index 54161455..19d79b29 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para> first time, it may display the following message:</para> <blockquote> - <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para> + <para>Il pacchetto nfs-utils necessita di essere installato. Desideri installarlo?</para> </blockquote> <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para> @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ exports(5) man page for more details.</para> <section> <title>File|Write conf</title> - <para>Save the current configuration.</para> + <para>Salva la configurazione corrente.</para> </section> <section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml index 66cf3656..550ac023 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml @@ -62,18 +62,18 @@ and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para> <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead> - <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release -versions contain at least:</para> + <para>Mostra il nome del media. I repository ufficiali di Mageia per la versione +finale contengono almeno:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available -supported by Mageia.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> che contiene per la maggior parte +programmi supportati da Mageia.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which -are not free</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> che contiene alcuni software +proprietari</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para> close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> - <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para> + <para><guimenu>File -> Aggiungi un media personalizzato:</guimenu></para> <para>E' possibile installare un nuovo media (da una terza fonte per esempio) che non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:</para> @@ -179,14 +179,14 @@ non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:</para> name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to the medium type)</para> - <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para> + <para><guimenu>Opzioni -> Opzioni globali:</guimenu></para> <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-, update only, always or never).</para> - <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para> + <para><guimenu>Opzioni -> Gestisci chiavi:</guimenu></para> <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml index 5ae99130..5bb8dcd4 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ name can not be modified.</para> <formalpara> <title>File|Write conf</title> - <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para> + <para>Salva l'attuale configurazione in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para> </formalpara> <formalpara> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml index 96470b2d..92661488 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml @@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para> <para>In seguito dai un nome alla connessione.</para> - <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para> + <para>Alla prossima schermata dare i dettagli della tua connessione VPN.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>For Cisco VPN</para> + <para>Per VPN Cisco</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the -first time the tool is used.</para> + <para>Per openvpn. Il pacchetto openvpn e le sue dipendenze verranno installate la +prima volta che lo strumento verrà usato.</para> <para><mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ from the network administrator.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para> + <para>La prossima schermata chiede l'indirizzo IP del gateway.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml index d3814683..c5f1284b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia) </para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title> + <title>Impostando un web server con drakwizard apache2</title> <para> Welcome to the web server wizard. </para> @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia) </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml index 2484bba5..2100aac9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ communication. (From Wikipedia)</para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title> + <title>Impostando un server DHCP con drakwizard dhcp</title> <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ communication. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ change things around.</para> <para><itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para> + <para>Installare il pacchetto dhcp-server se necessario;</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml index 5467b01c..46788d37 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a </para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title> + <title>Imposta un server FTP con darkwizard proftpd</title> <para> Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up. </para> @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ things. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Server Information</title> + <title>Informazioni del server</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ complaints too and whether to allow root login access. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Server Options</title> + <title>Opzioni del server</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml index e77de7d7..481823d3 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it.</para> <section> - <title>What is a proxy server?</title> + <title>Cos'è un server proxy?</title> <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other @@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> - <title>Selecting the proxy port</title> + <title>Selezionando la porta proxy</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </step> <step> - <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title> + <title>Impostando memoria e uso del disco</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </step> <step> - <title>Start during boot?</title> + <title>Avviare durante il boot?</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> <para><itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para> + <para>Installare il pacchetto squid se necessario;</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para> + <para>Riavviando <code>squid.</code></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml index c9c4b801..7cd05c66 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you t <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon. </para> <section> - <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title> + <title>Cos'è <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title> <para> Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ respectively). (From Wikipedia) <section> <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title> <para> - Welcome to the Open SSH wizard. + Benvenuti al wizard di Open SSH. </para> <procedure> <step> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml index 39492342..5907e6c5 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ enable automatic detection:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Jaz devices</para> + <para>Dispositivi Jaz</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml index 535c245c..fa335595 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="lspcidrake"> <info> - <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title> + <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Mostra le informazioni riguardo PCI, USB e PCMCIA</title> <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle> </info> @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para> - <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para> + <para>-i per ignorare la distinzione di maiuscolo e minuscolo.</para> <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml index ebe1e971..29459b8d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ hardware</emphasis></para> <orderedlist><title>Configura la grafica</title> <listitem> - <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para> + <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configura effetti desktop 3D</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml index 04cfd46c..58f90bda 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ own customised security levels.</para> <section> <title>Overview tab</title> - <para>See the screenshot above</para> + <para>Guarda lo screenshot sopra</para> <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a button on the right side to configure them:</para> @@ -61,15 +61,15 @@ button on the right side to configure them:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>msec itself with some information:</para> + <para>msec con alcune informazioni:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>enabled or not</para> + <para>abilitato o no</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>the configured Base security level</para> + <para>Il livello di sicurezza base configurato</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ and another button to execute the checks just now.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Security settings tab</title> + <title>Tab impostazioni di sicurezza</title> <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ below.</para> <section> - <title>Basic security tab</title> + <title>Tab sicurezza di base</title> <para role="underline"> <emphasis role="underline">Livelli di sicurezza:</emphasis> @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ to the options.</para> </section> <section> - <title>System security tab</title> + <title>Tab sicurezza di sistema</title> <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ saving them.</para> <section> <title>Sicurezza della rete</title> - <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para> + <para>Questa tab mostra tutte le opzioni di rete e funziona come quella precedente</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ saving them.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Periodic checks tab</title> + <title>Tab controlli periodici</title> <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para> @@ -337,8 +337,8 @@ the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para> not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para> - <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the -configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. + <note><para>È anche possibile creare o modificare le regole editando il file di +configurazione <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. </para></note> <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml index f315ed6d..5c75a778 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ </info> <para>This tool <footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing -<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando +<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> come root.</para> </footnote> allows you to configure a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ seguente messaggio:</para> <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para> - <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>Vuoi installare i pacchetti SANE?"</emphasis></para> <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para> </mediaobject> <note> - <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click -<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para> + <para>Se non riesci a trovare il tuo scanner nella lista clicca su +<emphasis>Annulla</emphasis></para> <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE: @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ ignored.</para> <section xml:id="scannerextrasteps"> <info> - <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title> + <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Fasi extra di installazione</title> </info> <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml index 699fe293..aae0dc8e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para> --> -<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para> +<para>La pagina successiva ti permette di importare sfondi desktop:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -124,8 +124,8 @@ With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> -button.</para> + <para>Scegli le opzioni preferite e premere il pulsante +<guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> </para> <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml index 533ab905..183e049e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para> Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary accounts.</para> - <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long -as the account is locked.</para> + <para>La seconda opzione è di bloccare l'account. La connessione è impossibile +sino a quando l'account resta bloccato.</para> <para>E' possibile cambiare l'icona.</para> @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ name.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users who are members of the group</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Cancella</emphasis></para> <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to |